<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ps817</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ps817"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Ps817"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T04:39:35Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791664</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791664"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:55:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|450px|thumb|MEP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|450px|thumb|MD|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the contour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as Polanyi rightly states, for the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial endo ps817.png|450px|thumb|Unreactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F |right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endo reactive ps817.png|450px|thumb|Reactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.Initially the set system was set up as  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å. This did not yield a successful reaction, despite having enough energy in the form of vibration in the H-H bond. Decreasing the momentum of bond vibration first to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and then to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2, gave a successful reaction in both cases, illustrating that indeed a lower energy in vibration is more effective in the conversion of reactants to products in this endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + H, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, varying the amount of momentum of the colliding F atom from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, with initial parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å, further complies with the rules. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 it was unreactive but as the momentum of F atom increased to -2 and -3, the pathways became reactive, showing that indeed for exothermic reactions the best way to get a successful conversion is to put the energy in translational motion and not vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791660</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791660"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:53:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|450px|thumb|MEP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|450px|thumb|MD|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the contour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as Polanyi rightly states, for the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial endo ps817.png|450px|thumb|Unreactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F |right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endo reactive ps817.png|450px|thumb|Reactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.Initially the set system was set up as  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å. This did not yield a successful reaction, despite having enough energy in the form of vibration in the H-H bond. Decreasing the momentum of bond vibration first to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and then to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2, gave a successful reaction in both cases, illustrating that indeed a lower energy in vibration is more effective in the conversion of reactants to products in this endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + H, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, varying the amount of momentum of the colliding F atom from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, with initial parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å, further complies with the rules. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 it was unreactive but as the momentum of F atom increased to -2 and -3, the pathways became reactive, showing that indeed for exothermic reactions the best way to get a successful conversion is to put the energy in translational motion and not vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791659</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791659"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:53:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|450px|thumb|MEP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|450px|thumb|MD|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the contour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as Polanyi rightly states, for the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial endo ps817.png|450px|thumb|Unreactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F |right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endo reactive ps817.png|450px|thumb|Reactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.Initially the set system was set up as  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å. This did not yield a successful reaction, despite having enough energy in the form of vibration in the H-H bond. Decreasing the momentum of bond vibration first to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and then to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2, gave a successful reaction in both cases, illustrating that indeed a lower energy in vibration is more effective in the conversion of reactants to products in this endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + H, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, varying the amount of momentum of the colliding F atom from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, with initial parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å, further complies with the rules. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 it was unreactive but as the momentum of F atom increased to -2 and -3, the pathways became reactive, showing that indeed for exothermic reactions the best way to get a successful conversion is to put the energy in translational motion and not vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791657</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791657"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:53:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|450px|thumb|MEP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|450px|thumb|MD|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the contour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as Polanyi rightly states, for the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial endo ps817.png|450px|thumb|Unreactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F |right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endo reactive ps817.png|450px|thumb|Reactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.Initially the set system was set up as  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å. This did not yield a successful reaction, despite having enough energy in the form of vibration in the H-H bond. Decreasing the momentum of bond vibration first to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and then to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2, gave a successful reaction in both cases, illustrating that indeed a lower energy in vibration is more effective in the conversion of reactants to products in this endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + H, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, varying the amount of momentum of the colliding F atom from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, with initial parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å, further complies with the rules. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 it was unreactive but as the momentum of F atom increased to -2 and -3, the pathways became reactive, showing that indeed for exothermic reactions the best way to get a successful conversion is to put the energy in translational motion and not vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791655</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791655"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:52:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|450px|thumb|MEP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|450px|thumb|MD|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the contour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as Polanyi rightly states, for the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial endo ps817.png|450px|thumb|Unreactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F |right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endo reactive ps817.png|450px|thumb|Reactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.Initially the set system was set up as  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å. This did not yield a successful reaction, despite having enough energy in the form of vibration in the H-H bond. Decreasing the momentum of bond vibration first to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and then to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2, gave a successful reaction in both cases, illustrating that indeed a lower energy in vibration is more effective in the conversion of reactants to products in this endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + H, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, varying the amount of momentum of the colliding F atom from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, with initial parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å, further complies with the rules. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 it was unreactive but as the momentum of F atom increased to -2 and -3, the pathways became reactive, showing that indeed for exothermic reactions the best way to get a successful conversion is to put the energy in translational motion and not vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791648</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791648"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:47:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the contour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as Polanyi rightly states, for the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial endo ps817.png|450px|thumb|Unreactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F |right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endo reactive ps817.png|450px|thumb|Reactive H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.Initially the set system was set up as  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å. This did not yield a successful reaction, despite having enough energy in the form of vibration in the H-H bond. Decreasing the momentum of bond vibration first to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and then to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2, gave a successful reaction in both cases, illustrating that indeed a lower energy in vibration is more effective in the conversion of reactants to products in this endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + H, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5F|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, varying the amount of momentum of the colliding F atom from p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 to p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, with initial parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å, further complies with the rules. For p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 it was unreactive but as the momentum of F atom increased to -2 and -3, the pathways became reactive, showing that indeed for exothermic reactions the best way to get a successful conversion is to put the energy in translational motion and not vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Unreactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png|300px|thumb|Reactive F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Exo_unreactive_minus_2_transl_ps817.png&amp;diff=791647</id>
		<title>File:Exo unreactive minus 2 transl ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Exo_unreactive_minus_2_transl_ps817.png&amp;diff=791647"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:46:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Exo_unreactive_minus_3_transl_ps817.png&amp;diff=791646</id>
		<title>File:Exo unreactive minus 3 transl ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Exo_unreactive_minus_3_transl_ps817.png&amp;diff=791646"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:45:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Exo_unreactive_minus_1_transl_ps817.png&amp;diff=791645</id>
		<title>File:Exo unreactive minus 1 transl ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Exo_unreactive_minus_1_transl_ps817.png&amp;diff=791645"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:45:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_exo_minus_2_reactive_ps817.png&amp;diff=791635</id>
		<title>File:Initial exo minus 2 reactive ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_exo_minus_2_reactive_ps817.png&amp;diff=791635"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:33:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_exo_plus_2_reactive_ps817.png&amp;diff=791634</id>
		<title>File:Initial exo plus 2 reactive ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_exo_plus_2_reactive_ps817.png&amp;diff=791634"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:32:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_exo_ps817.png&amp;diff=791633</id>
		<title>File:Initial exo ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_exo_ps817.png&amp;diff=791633"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:31:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_endo_ps817.png&amp;diff=791630</id>
		<title>File:Initial endo ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Initial_endo_ps817.png&amp;diff=791630"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:15:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Endo_reactive_ps817.png&amp;diff=791629</id>
		<title>File:Endo reactive ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Endo_reactive_ps817.png&amp;diff=791629"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:14:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791628</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791628"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T20:09:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.&#039;&#039;(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reaction, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791624</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791624"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:55:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour ps817.png|300px|thumb|Contour energy plot F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energy ps817.png|300px|thumb|Energy vs Time|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta ps817.png|300px|thumb|Momenta vs Time|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Momenta_ps817.png&amp;diff=791623</id>
		<title>File:Momenta ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Momenta_ps817.png&amp;diff=791623"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:50:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791622</id>
		<title>File:Energy ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791622"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:50:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_ps817.png&amp;diff=791621</id>
		<title>File:Contour ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_ps817.png&amp;diff=791621"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:49:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791620</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791620"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:44:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791619</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791619"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:43:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactant energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MEP)|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Product energy ps817.png|450px|thumb|Calculation of reactant energy(MD)-zoom|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Product_energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791618</id>
		<title>File:Product energy ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Product_energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791618"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:41:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:2Product_energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791617</id>
		<title>File:2Product energy ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:2Product_energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791617"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:40:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactant_energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791616</id>
		<title>File:Reactant energy ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactant_energy_ps817.png&amp;diff=791616"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:39:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791598</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791598"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:17:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate positi...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|450px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791595</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791595"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:16:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate positi...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|500px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png|500px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_ps817_(2).png&amp;diff=791593</id>
		<title>File:Surface Plot ps817 (2).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_ps817_(2).png&amp;diff=791593"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:15:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_ps817.png&amp;diff=791592</id>
		<title>File:Surface Plot ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_ps817.png&amp;diff=791592"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:14:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: Ps817 uploaded a new version of File:Surface Plot ps817.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791590</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791590"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:11:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate positi...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot ps817.png|500px|thumb|PES F-H-H system|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791589</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791589"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:10:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate positi...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
Surface Plot ps817.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791588</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791588"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:09:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_ps817.png&amp;diff=791587</id>
		<title>File:Surface Plot ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_ps817.png&amp;diff=791587"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:09:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791578</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791578"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:04:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.&#039;&#039;(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791576</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791576"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:04:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it. Additionally,  multiple TS recrossing just like in reaction 5 might still lead to an overall successful reaction, but the time taken is will be greater. Thus if this effect is also ignored, just like above, the reaction rate will be over estimated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791572</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791572"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T19:02:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slightly greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||Quantum mechanical tunnelling is observed here as well due to the excessive amount of momentum in the initial setup. The HF molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy.The formed bond is broken and the  the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, just like in reaction 4. However this time, the energy in the system is just enough for a third TS recrossing and thus the reaction goes to completion after some time, producing HF with lots of vibrational energy&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:5table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Hence whether a lot of energy is given to the atom colliding with the diatomic or whether the diatomic itself possesses a lot of vibrational energy affects the reactivity. Not&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not necessarily lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:5table_ps817.png&amp;diff=791557</id>
		<title>File:5table ps817.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:5table_ps817.png&amp;diff=791557"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:54:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791554</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791554"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:51:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works. &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px|thumb|MEP|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px|thumb|MD|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791550</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791550"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:50:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px|thumb|“Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791547</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791547"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:49:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791545</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791545"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:48:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what &lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791538</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791538"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:44:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is an exothermic reaction. However the excess energy of the reaction is not wasted but conserved. This energy is converted in vibrational energy in the H-F bond and it can be seen quite distinctly by the large amount of oscillations in the contour energy plot, indicating high degree of vibration. Furthermore the plot of Energy vs Time and Momenta vs Time clearly shows that the large interchange of kinetic and potential energy and the large increase in the H-F bond momentum after the reaction. Both are indicative of the increase in vibrational energy in the bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the large scale, one potential way to measure this increase in vibrational energy could in principle FTIR spectroscopy by monitoring the decay of the vibration through the course of time. Alternatively another way could be calorimetry since eventually this excess vibrational energy is dissipated in the surroundings, raising the temperature of water in a calorimetric measurement(an exothermic reaction!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791524</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791524"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:34:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791522</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791522"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:34:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier and using the transition state energy(-103.752 kcal/mol) the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=-29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +0.249 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)H + HF ----&amp;gt; F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; ΔΕ=+29.558 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= +29.807 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791515</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=791515"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T18:26:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the thermodynamic data for both reactions the reactant and product system had to be studied. By choosing appropriate parameters of the system with geometries on &#039;either side&#039; of the transition state barrier, the energies of reactants and products were obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allowed for the calculation of ΔE of the reaction and the activation energies:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790915</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790915"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T15:16:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the validity of these rule in an early transition state, the reverse exothermic reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF was tested.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790900</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790900"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T15:14:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules, which state that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than translational energy.(Z. Zhang ,Y. Zhou, D. H. Zhang, G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman,J. Phys. Chem. Lett.2012,3,23,pp3416-3419)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A late barrier reactions, by the Hammond postulate effectively means an endothermic reaction, and in this case the H + HF ----&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ F system.&lt;br /&gt;
A reaction with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å , did not prove to be a reactive trajectory, as it can be seen from the conrour plot below&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More over, increasing the momentum, in excessively high amounts above the activation energy did not yield a successsful reaction. Showing that the activation energy is not the only criterion that need to be met.&lt;br /&gt;
To test the rule above, the reaction was repeated with initial parameters p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=5, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1 Å. As expected that indeed gave a successful reaction as shown by the second contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
So as polanyi rightly states, fro the endothermic reaction, it is much more efficient to have the required activation energy in the form of vibrations, ie high values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, rather than high values of translational energy of the incoming atom ie high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790774</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790774"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T14:52:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report the activation energy for both reactions.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790409</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790409"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T14:00:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate positi...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be seen from the potential energy surface plot below, the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ----&amp;gt; H + HF is &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exothermic and releases energy, since the products are lower in potential energy than the reactants. This of course&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
means that the backwards reaction is endothermic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This implies that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, thus when the reaction process in the defined forwards&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
direction energy is released to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate coordinates of the Transition State F-H-H are, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.8127 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.7443 Å.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially an approximate guess was made by simply examining the energy contour plot to locate a starting point. Then values&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
close to the initial guess we inputted in the calculation until a transition state was obtained. This was confirmed by an &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
animation where all three atoms were not moving.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790111</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790111"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T13:24:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved=== ===Locate the approximate...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved.Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790108</id>
		<title>MRD:3008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:3008&amp;diff=790108"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T13:23:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ps817: /* EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==EXERCISE 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state represents a maximum, in the minimum energy reaction path linking the reactants and products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically it is defined as a saddle point and essentially depends on two parameters r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
This mathematically means that the following conditions need to be satisfied:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0  and  V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;y&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2)V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-(V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where x=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and y=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Although a local minimum or a local maximum would satisfy condition 1 , they would not satisfy condition 2, and this is what&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
differentiates them from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state geometry was found in a trial and error process and the optimal distance was &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
recorded to 4 d.p. Unsurprisingly the transition state was found to be symmetrical with an equal &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
distance between the atoms, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.9076 Å. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot illustrates this very well, since as it can be seen that &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a straight line graph is obtained for both r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and not an oscillating&lt;br /&gt;
one. This indicates &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; that the distances remain unchanged over time and that there is no kinetic energy&lt;br /&gt;
i.e. all is potential. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2TS ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP trajectory is smoother than the MD trajectory and thus is due to the way MEP works.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Any deviation from the transition state will result into the atoms &#039;rolling down&#039; the potential&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
surface and of course gain momentum as that happens. In MEP before each step the momenta are set &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to zero, so the momentum gained by rolling down the PES is not taken into account. In both cases &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the distance between the initially slightly displaced H atom increases as it moves away from the&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. But , the MD calculation shows that indeed the atoms just just simply more, they also oscillate&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in the molecule following the curvature of the PES in that region. On the other hand, as explained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
above the MEP calculation yields a smooth non-oscillating path.Also note that the free H atom in &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; MEP move&lt;br /&gt;
a shorter distance since any momentum gained in MD rolling down the PES is absent here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MD:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MD ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MEP:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP ps817.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|p1 || p2 || Etot || Reactive? || Description of the dynamics || Illustration of the trajectory 				&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.25&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products,with some vibrational energy in&lt;br /&gt;
the molecule causing it to oscillate&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:1table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-100.456&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The momentum distribution inputted into the system is not sufficient for a successful reaction, thus the free H atom simple bounces off the molecule and the transition state is never reached, remaining in the channel represented by the reactants. Some vibrational motion is present in the molecule. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:2table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-1.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-98.956&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||The transition state is successfully reached and crossed to form the products. The vibrational energy of the resulting molecule in this case, denoted by the degree of oscillation in the region denoted as products appears to be slighlty greater that the first reaction &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:3table ps817.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
||-84.956&lt;br /&gt;
||NO&lt;br /&gt;
||The xcessive amount of momentum in the initial setup, causes the product channel to be crossed momentarily , not precisely via the TS which could indicate some quantum mechanical tunnelling. A new molecule is briefly formed but it is very unstable with a very high degree in vibrational energy. As it can be seen this causes the newly formed bond to break and the transition state to be recrossed where the original H atoms join up to form the molecule, that now has a very large degree of vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-2.5&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;-5.2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
||-83.416&lt;br /&gt;
||YES&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:4table ps817.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded from the table that not any combination of momenta will result into products.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The relative distribution of the momenta between atom and molecule will affect the reactivity. Not&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
any combination of momenta in the region stated in the script will work. Also as it can be seen from&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reaction 4, excessive kinetic energy will not lead to successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on three key assumptions in its derivation.(Levine Physical Chemistry 6th Edition)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Reactants are in constant equilibrium with the transition state structure.This reaction exists as an equilibrium because we assume that not every collision results in the formation of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The energy of the particles follow a Boltzmann distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Once reactants cross the transition state hyperspace, the transition state structure does not collapse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last assumption in the one that is more relevant to the calculations above. As seen in reaction  4 , this is clearly going against the assumption, as it illustrates a case of barrier recrossing. In this case even though the reactants became the transition state, they collapse back to the reactants, making the initial conditions unsuitable for a successful reaction.As a result, ignoring the effect of recrossing would over estimate the reaction rate for some reactions, such as this one  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the transition state theory assumes that the reactants actually have to follow the reaction trajectory and pass through the transition state point. However in reaction 4,quantum mechanical tunnelling goes against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==EXERCISE 2: H-F-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved=== ===Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ps817</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>